‫الجمهىريت الجسائريت الذيمقراطيت الشعبيت‬

‫وزارة التعليم العالي و البحث العلمي‬

‫جامعت اإلخىة منتىري قسنطينت‬

‫كليت الحقىق‬

‫تخصص‪ :‬قــانــىن جـنــائي‬

‫إعذاد األستارة الذكتىرة ‪:‬‬

‫زواش ربيعة‬

‫الس نة اجلامعية‪2019-2018:‬‬
   








 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 
 
 
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﺿﲔ ﳋﻄﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻌﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ)‪ (1‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻶﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺠﺮ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺟﻮﺍﻧﺒﻪ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺮﺻﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﻤﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ )ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ( ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺗﺘﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻭﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﻠﺔ‬
‫ﲡﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﳉﺄﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﲡﺎﻫﲔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - 1‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻧﺰﻉ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺳﻨﺎﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻳﺔ ﺗﻀﻢ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺑﺎﺣﺜﲔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﲔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻜﻨﺪﻧﺎﻓﻴﺔ ) ﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻨﺮﻭﻳﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﳕﺎﺭﻙ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - 2‬ﺍﲡﺎﻩ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﺘﺨﺼﻴﺺ ﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺮﻑ ﲟﺤﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺮﻧﺴﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻇﻠﻪ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺟﻮ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻟﻼﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﱄ ﺍﳌﺘﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺑﻔﺌﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲡﺴﺪ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺛﻴﻖ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻹﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺷﺆﻭﻥ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻸﻣﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺤﺪﺓ ﰲ ‪ ، 1985/11/29‬ﻭﺩﻋﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﺎﺳﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﻜﺲ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺩﻭﻟﻴﺎ ﳌﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺮﻓﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪1‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﰲ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻔﻬﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺺ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻛﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺘﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪2‬‬
  
 
 
 

 
 

‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻫﻮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﺎﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﺖ ﻭﲡﻤﻴﻌﻬﺎ ﰒ‬
‫ﲤﺤﻴﺼﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻯ ﻛﻔﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ)‪ (1‬ﻭﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﲨﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺑﻪ ﳍﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻣﻊ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺩﺕ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﳉﺮﻡ ‪ ....‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﲝﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﺟﺎﳓﺎ‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﻼ ﺃﻭ ﺿﺤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﻭﺧﺼﺘﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﳑﻴﺰﺓ ﰲ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺺ ﺧﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ 12/15‬ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺃﻭﻛﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻘﻖ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﲔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪/79‬ﻑ‪ 1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻼﳓﺮﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.109‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﺩﻟﺮﻳﺎﺱ ‪ :‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻁ ‪ ، 2007‬ﺹ ‪.109‬‬

‫‪3‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﳛﻘﻖ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ ‪/79‬ﻑ‪ 2/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻣﺒﺤﺜﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬

‫ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﲔ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺗﻘﻊ ﲟﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬

‫ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﻀﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻴ‪‬ﻨﻮﻥ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 61‬ﻑ‪ 2/1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﲣﺼﺺ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻬﻢ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻭﺩﺭﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﻓﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺜﻞ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪4‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻴﻤﺎﺭﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪ :‬ﺷﺨﺼﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﳏﻠﻲ ﻭﻧﻮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺿﺎﺑﻂ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ‬

‫ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺑﻪ ﻟﻠﺠﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﻨﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻮﺍ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﺑﻮﺻﻒ ﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺿﲔ‬
‫ﳋﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺳﻦ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ) ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ( ﲟﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (02‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﳛﻘﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﺼﻴﺺ‬

‫ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﲣﺘﺺ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻗﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ )ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺘﻬﺎ( )‪.(2‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺃ‪ .‬ﺟﻼﱄ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ) ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ ( ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻸﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪ ،1999‬ﺹ ‪.100‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺯﻳﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﺮﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ،2003‬ﺹ ‪.170‬‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ )ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ(ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻪ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 32‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ ،12/15‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺟﻌﻠﺖ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺑـ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﳏﻞ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻞ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﻜﻦ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬
‫ﳜﺘﺺ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻣﺜﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ)‪.(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﻭﺟﺴﺎﻣﺘﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺴﻢ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‪:‬‬
‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺟﻨﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻭ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳜﺘﺺ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﻓﻖ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (02‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻬﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻀﺮ ﲟﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 1975/04/22‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.10132‬‬

‫‪6‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (02‬ﻑ‪ /8/‬ﻭ ‪ ، 9‬ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﳎﲏ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﻭﻗﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﺧﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﻼﻥ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (32‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺷﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺪﺩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻫﻢ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪-‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﱄ)‪.(1‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻱ ﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻠﻮﱄ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺠﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 116‬ﳌﺪﺓ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 117‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪7‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ - ‬ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳌﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﻋﺮﻳﻀﺘﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺪﻣﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﳏﻞ‬
‫ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺽ ﳋﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻞ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳜﺘﺺ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﲔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﻧﺺ ) ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 02‬ﻑ‪ ( 1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪12/15‬‬
‫ﻭﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﻨﻪ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺮﺿﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻀﺮ ﲟﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ 18‬‬

‫‪12/15‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ )ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 02‬ﻑ‪ (1‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺄﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﲟﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲡﺎﻭﺯﻫﺎ ﻻ ﺳﺘﻔﻴﺪ‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‬ ‫‪18‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﺳﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ) ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ( ﻳﻌﲏ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻓﺮﻭﻗﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻻ ﳜﻀﻌﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻯ ﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺣﲔ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﺑﲔ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲤﺎﻡ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳜﻀﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﳐﻔﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ ‪ 49‬ﻭ ‪ 50‬ﻕ‪.‬ﻉ‪.‬ﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﺳﻨﻪ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﳜﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺗﺄﺛﺮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (375‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﲤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ )‪ (21‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻌﻠﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﻌﺪﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ‬
‫)‪ (21‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﰲ ﻇﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ 72/03‬ﺍﳌﻠﻐﻰ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ )‪ (21‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﴰﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻫﻘﲔ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪ (21‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻫﻮ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ‬
‫ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺳﻠﻴﻢ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻳﻨﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻧﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﻟﻼﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﳜﺸﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫‪9‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻨﺤﺮﻑ ﻓﻌﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﳝﺜﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺍﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺒﺊ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﺒﲑ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ ﻭﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﳘﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺼﺪﻭﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ 12/15‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺣﺪﺩ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (02‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻻﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (02‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪،12/15‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﺴﻤﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﺎﻩ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻀﺮ ﲟﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺌﺔ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ‪.‬‬
‫ﲨﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺸﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﲑﺓ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻇﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳛﻈﻰ ﺑﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﻐﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻫﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭ‪.‬‬

‫‪10‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﺗﺮﻛﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﺳﻠﺒﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ) ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ (‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺟﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺼﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻠﺨﻄﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻭﺑﻘﺎﺋﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﺪ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺾ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻺﳘﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﺩ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺱ ﲝﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺴﻮﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻋﺠﺰ ﺍﻷﺑﻮﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺮﻓﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺼﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺳﻮﺀ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻌﺬﻳﺐ ﻭﺍﻻﻋﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﺠﺎﺯﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺗﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻳﻨﻄﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺎﻭﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺛﲑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻃﻔﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺿﺤﻴﺔ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺖ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﲪﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪11‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﻨﺴﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﲟﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺃﺷﻜﺎﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻐﻼﻟﻪ ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻹﺑﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻐﺎﺀ ﻭﺇﺷﺮﺍﻛﻪ ﰲ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺟﻨﺴﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺼﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﻪ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﳛﺮﻣﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺿﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﺤﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺿﺤﻴﺔ ﻧﺰﺍﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻻﺿﻄﺮﺍﺏ‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻬﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(02‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ) ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﳏﺪﺩﺓ ( ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗﻮﻓﺮ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻛﱪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﰲ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ)‪.(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪ 12 15‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ‬

‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺻﺎﳊﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺩ ) ‪ ( 37 ، 36 ، 35 ، 34 ، 33 ، 32‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﳒﺪ‬

‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺧﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲣﺎﺫ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻔﺎﺩﻯ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(96‬‬
‫ﲦﺎﱐ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬

‫‪12‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﺒﻊ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺧﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﰲ ﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻤﻨﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (33‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ » :‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ‬

‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺈﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﳍﻤﺎ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻲ ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ «‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺈﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺘﺎﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺧﺒﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺪﺀ ﰲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ " ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺎﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (38‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻭ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ "‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺤﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺁﺭﺍﺋﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺧﺒﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ‬
‫ﲟﺤﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ‬

‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻛﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪13‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻮﱃ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (34‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺄﻥ ﻳﻠﺠﺄ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺼﺮﳛﺎﺕ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﲰﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﲟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻬﻲ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳊﺼﺮ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻫﺎ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﻫﻢ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ‬
‫ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺎﺷﺮﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﻛﺴﺐ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﲨﻊ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺍﻫﺎ ﻣﻔﻴﺪﺓ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺪ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﺎ ﻓﻌﺎﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺴﻤﺢ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﻋﻴﺸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﲜﲑﺍﻧﻪ ﻭﻣﺸﻮﺍﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﻲ‬
‫ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻊ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻨﺘﻬﺠﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﺎﱐ‪.‬‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﳉﺄ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﱯ )ﺍﳉﺴﺪﻱ( ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺑﻌﺾ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺗﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺼﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲣﻠﻒ ﺁﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﺽ ﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻨﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﺻﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺃﳘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﺳﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻻ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺎﻭﻥ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻋﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (34‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺗﺘﻘﺎﲰﻬﺎ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(35‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (36‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.12/15‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (35‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ » :‬ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪:‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺑﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳊﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳊﻀﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺎ ﱂ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻋﻨﻪ ﲝﻜﻢ‪.‬‬

‫‪15‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺑﻪ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻱ ﻭ ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺳﻲ ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻬﲏ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻀﻴﻒ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (36‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‪ » :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﲟﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺸﻔﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺗﻜﻔﻞ ﺻﺤﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (36‬ﲣﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻄـﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻭﺗﻀﻌﻪ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﻬﻲ‬
‫ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﳑﻴﺰ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ‬
‫ﺇﺭﺗـﺄﻯ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻠﺤﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺑﺘﺪﺍﺑــﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪. (35‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺇﳊﺎﻗﻪ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺑﻐﺮﺽ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﻌﲔ ﲢﻘﻘﻪ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﺕ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﺴﺐ ﺗﻘﺪﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪16‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻧﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ (35‬ﻭ )‪(36‬‬

‫ﻫﻲ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻭﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺘﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (45‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.12/15‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻄﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﲟﺤﺎﻣﻲ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (33‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﻧﺎﺻﺤﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻣﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﻟﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫)‪ (35‬ﻭ )‪ (36‬ﻭ )‪ (37‬ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ 48‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺄﻱ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﳚﺎﰊ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﻭﻛﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ (35‬ﻭ )‪ (36‬ﺳﺘﺔ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ )‪ (06‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪/ 37‬ﻑ‪ 1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (38‬ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻰ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺒﻞ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪(08‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪17‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻓﻌﻼ ﳎﺮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﺑﲔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ )‪ (10‬ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪/2‬ﻑ‪ ، 2/1/‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.12/15‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﺻﻼ ﻭﺇﺟﺒﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺯﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪/64‬ﻑ‪/1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺸﺨﺼﻪ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻋﻤﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺘﻬﺬﻳﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺒﻠﻮﻍ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﺧﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺳﺘﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﳚﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻟﻸﺳﺮﺓ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻃﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻮﺍﺑﻘﻪ ﻭﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﻇﺒﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻭﺳﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻭﺗﺮﰉ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻓﺤﺺ ﻃﱯ ﻭﻧﻔﺴﺎﱐ ﻭﻋﻘﻠﻲ ﺇﻥ ﻟﺰﻡ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 68‬ﻑ‪ 4/3/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.12/15‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻭﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﲤﺲ ﺑﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﺇﻟﺰﺍﻣﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺧﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ)‪ (1‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲡﻌﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺟﻮﰊ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭﻱ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (66‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪18‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ‬

‫ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﻝ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ)‪(1‬‬
‫ﻻﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﻀﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺒﺾ ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺧﻮﻝ ﳍﻤﺎ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳒﺎﺯ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻭﻭﻗﺎﻳﺘﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﺤﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺳﻠﻄﺔ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﻱ ﻭﻗﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (70‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ » : 12/15‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﳓﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳝﻜﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﲢﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺑﺘﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺫﻟﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑ«‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (69‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ 12/15‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ « ‪.‬‬

‫‪19‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﲣﺎﺫ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﲑﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻟﻐﺎﺋﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﻬﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺋﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺭﺃﻳﻪ ﻓﺎﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (77‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫‪ 12/15‬ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻗﺪ ﰎ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﳍﺎ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﺮﻗﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﲬﺴﺔ )‪ (05‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺇﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ«‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻫﻮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺟﺪﺍ ﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﳝﻨﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﱴ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ) ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (175‬ﺇ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﱴ ﺗﺒﲔ ﻟـــﻪ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺩﻻﺋـﻞ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (78‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ » :12/15‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﹶﻮ‪‬ﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﺻﺪﺭ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ‬

‫‪20‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (163‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﲡﺪﺭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (78‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (163‬ﻕ‬
‫ﺇﺝ ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬ﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮﻫﺎ ﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭ ﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ )ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ‪-‬ﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺃﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺰﺍﻝ ﳎﻬﻮﻻ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﳜﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺱ ﺣﺒﺴﺎ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﳏﺒﻮﺳﺎ ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﺒﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻮﺻﻞ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻨﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻄﻼﻉ ﺭﺃﻱ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (77‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ ،12/15‬ﺃﺻﺪﺭ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻟﺪﻯ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/ (79‬ﻑ‪ 1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﺻﺪﺭ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﳌﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (79‬ﻕ‪ 2/‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.12/15‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻓﺘﺢ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻜﻮﻯ ﻣﺼﺤﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﺎﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﱐ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻭﻁ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﺎﻥ )‪ 67‬ﻭ ‪ (72‬ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﺮﺭ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬

‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻛﻼﺳﻴﻜﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻷﻱ ﻣﺘﻬﻢ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻳﻘﻒ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﻭﺗﻨﺤﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬

‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﻭﺗﻨﺤﻴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﳚﻮﺯ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﻛﻞ ﺧﺼﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(557‬‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻕ‪.‬ﺇ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬ﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﻡ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻴﻨﻪ ﻭ ﺑﲔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﺪﺍﻭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻨﻔﻌﺔ ﻣﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺣﺲ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺑﺎﳊﻴﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻸﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (554‬ﺇ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬ﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺪﻳﻼ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭ ﺗﻨﺤﻴﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺭﺍﺩﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻖ ﳏﺎﺿﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺭﲰﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺷﻜﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻄﻠﺒﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ)‪.(1‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻋﻦ ﺃ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻭﺥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻗﺴﻨﻄﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ، 2011/2010‬ﺹ ‪.105‬‬

‫‪22‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬

‫ﰲ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (79‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﺑﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﳛﺮﺭ ﳏﻀﺮﺍ ﲟﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (90‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﳏﻀﺮ ﺑﺄﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲰﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (100‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺪﻭﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﰲ ﳏﻀﺮ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻟﻸﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ‪. ...‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (108‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ (95 - 94‬ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﰲ‬
‫ﺷﺄﻥ ﲢﺮﻳﺮ ﳏﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻸﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ (92 - 91‬ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺘﺮﺟﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﺢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(172‬‬
‫ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﻣﻴﻪ ﺣﻖ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺼﺖ ﻋﻠــﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻮﻛﻴﻠﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻ‪‬ﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ‪.(1) «. ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺗﺴﻌﺖ ﺭﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﻣﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺣﱴ ﴰﻠﺖ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻣﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﳏﺎﻣﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (69‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ)‪(2‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻓﺾ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺯﻋﺔ ﰲ ﻃﻠﺐ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 14/04‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ ، 2004/11/10‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺻﺎﺣﺒﺔ ﺍﳊﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﱪﻯ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ‬
‫ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﺪﺍﺭﻙ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﺑﻮﺳﻘﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ، 2006‬ﺹ ‪.204‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻹﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻹﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/74‬ﻍ‪ 3/‬ﻕ‬
‫ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻹﻓﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪/ 127‬ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ (‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﳌﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪،‬ﺇﻥ ﺃﺑﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﻣﻌﻪ ‪،‬ﻭ ﺣﻘﻪ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﲟﺤﺎﻣﻲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻟﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪/68‬ﻑ‪ ( 1/‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﶈﻘﻖ ـ ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ـ‬
‫ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﻠﻪ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﻣﻦ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﻀﻮﺭﻩ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﲣﻠﻔﻬﺎ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻼ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (68‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﱄ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﺟﺰﺍﺀﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲣﻠﻒ ﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻻ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺑﻘﺎﺑﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﱪﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻹﻟﺰﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﺓ ﻣﱪﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﳘﻬﺎ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻌﻄﻴﻞ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺘﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺄﻛﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﻭﱄ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ)‪.(1‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﺃ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻭﺥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.109‬‬

‫‪24‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﺛﺒﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﳚﻌﻞ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺧﺎﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﻮ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺃﻭﺟﺪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﳏﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻭﻻﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/67‬ﻑ‪ ( 2/1/‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ » :‬ﺇﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﳏﺎﻣﻲ ﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﰊ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﳏﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲔ ﻟﻪ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻣﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻬﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﲔ ‪.« ...‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﳏﺎﻡ ﺭﻓﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﻴﺎ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺻﺮﻑ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪.‬‬

‫‪25‬‬



‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺧﺼﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺹ ﲰﺘﻪ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻫﻲ ﲣﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺟﻮ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫‪ 12/15‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ‬

‫ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﲟﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﳏﺎﻛﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺘﺺ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﻭﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻤﲔ ﺑﺎﺭﺗﻜﺎ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺫﻭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺳﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺟﻨﻮﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﻭﳛﺪﺩ ﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﳝﻨﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻓﺤﺺ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻋﺪﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺇﳚﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺟﻨﻮﺣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻣﻄﻠﺒﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻭﻻﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﺍﻟﱵ‬

‫ﺭﲰﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻈﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ )‪ 59‬ﻭ ‪ (60‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺿﻮﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻭﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻤﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ )ﺑﺎﺗﻔﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ( ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺘﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻞ‬
‫ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺜﲑﻩ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﻭﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﺎﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﰲ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﻦ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﳓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻨﻬﻢ ﱂ ﺗﺒﻠﻎ )‪ (18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻣﱴ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺃﺻﺒﺤﺖ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ )ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮﻏﻪ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ (‪.‬‬

‫‪27‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ( ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﺪﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(60‬‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﻓﻨﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﺖ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﱵ ‪‬ﺎ ﳏﻞ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺜﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ« ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺪﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑـ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬﻞ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﶈﻴﻄﺔ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﲰﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﳏﻞ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺎﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ‪ :‬ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺻﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻓﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺎﺿﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ) ‪/2‬ﻑ‪ ( 7/‬ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﺬﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﻗﻮﻉ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻟﻪ ﳏﻞ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻧﺺ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺾ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻭ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺾ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻗﻊ‬
‫ﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺁﺧﺮ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ :‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺟﻼﱄ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 1984/05/12 :‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻸﺷﻐﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ، 2002‬ﺹ ‪.34‬‬

‫‪28‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﲟﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻨﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻻ ﳜﺘﻠﻒ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺴﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲟﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻔﺼﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/59‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ ... » :‬ﻭﳜﺘﺺ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲟﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ« ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻳﻨﻌﻘﺪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﺙ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﲟﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﻏﲑ ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/79‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺈﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﹸﺣﻴﻠﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺪﻓﻊ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺃﻋﺘﱪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺧﻄﺄ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺾ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪29‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/59‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﳜﺘﺺ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﰲ ﺗﻜﻴﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/79‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﳛﻴﻞ ﻣﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ‬
‫ﳏﻘﻘﺎ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺇﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺎﳍﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﻨﻌﻘﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺣﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/82‬ﻑ‪ (5/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺑﻮﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳚﺐ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲟﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺪﺏ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/63‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺑﻀﺮﺭ ﻧﺎﺟﻢ ﻋﻦ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻲ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪.« ...‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﳛﻖ ﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻀﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/63‬ﻑ‪ (3/2/‬ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪30‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ‪ :‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺑﻀﻢ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺘﺎﱄ ﻓﺈﻥ‬
‫ﺇﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻀﺮﻭﺭ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/63‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ‪ :‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﰲ ﲢﺮﻳﻚ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ) ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﲢﺮﻳﻜﻬﺎ ( ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ‬
‫ﻟﻪ ﺍﻹﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/63‬ﻑ‪ (3/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻝ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/88‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻬﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﻮﻥ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻃﻔﺎﻝ ‪ :‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﻋﻲ ﺍﳌﺪﱐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻬﺪ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﲟﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﳛﻀﺮ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﳛﻀﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﳑﺜﻠﻮﻫﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﻜﻢ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌـﺎﺩﺓ )‪/88‬ﻑ‪(3/2/‬‬
‫ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻘﻖ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻰ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻛﻤﺎ‬

‫ﺳﺒﻖ ﺫﻛﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﺼﻬﻢ ﺑﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺧﺎﺹ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬

‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﳘﺎ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺧﺮﻭﺟﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﻓﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ) ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ ( ﻓﺈﻥ‬

‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﳛﻘﻖ ﻭﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺿﲔ ﳋﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ‪ 34) :‬ﻭ ‪ (35‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺿﲔ ﳋﻄﺮ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﻓﺮﺩﻳﺔ‪،‬ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﳓﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/39‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻳﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲟﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻛﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺮﻯ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻣــﻦ‬
‫ﲰﺎﻋﻪ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻳﺴﻤﻊ ﲟﻜﺘﺒﻪ ﻛﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺸﺮﻙ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺁﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 12/15‬ﱂ ﻳﻮﺟﺐ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺳﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻗﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴــﻖ‬
‫) ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺒﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ (‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪32‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﲟﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﳏﻠﻔﲔ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ )‪.(02‬‬
‫ﻳﻌﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﶈﻠﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻴﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﻮﻥ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺛﻼﺙ )‪(03‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺳﻨﻬﻢ ﺛﻼﺛﲔ‬
‫)‪ (30‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺘﻌﲔ ﺑﺎﳉﻨﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ‬
‫ﳑﺎﺭﺳﺔ ﻣﻬﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (80‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﳑﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻪ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ) ﺃﻣﲔ ﺿﺒﻂ (‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﶈﻠﻔﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﳏﺮﺭ ﲟﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﳉﻨﺔ ﳐﺘﺼﺔ ﲡﺘﻤﻊ ﻟﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﲢﺪﺩ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﻤﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺘﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﲡﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻠﺔ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺇﺛﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ)‪.(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻜﻞ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺣـﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭﻳﻦ ﺇﺛﻨﲔ ﻳﻌﻴﻨﻮﻥ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﰲ ‪ ، 1984/10/23‬ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪، 1989‬‬
‫ﺹ ‪.232‬‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺑﲔ ﻗﻀﺎﺓ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﲔ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻣﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺭﺳﻮﺍ ﻛﻘﻀﺎﺓ‬

‫ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻀﺮ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﳑﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻭﺃﻣﲔ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (91‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ )‪ 417‬ﺇﱃ ‪ (428‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (94‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﺼﻠﺖ ﰲ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﳜﺺ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻗﺎﺻﺮ‬
‫)ﻃﻔﻞ( ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻻ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ‬
‫ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (91‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻼ ﻟﺼﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻫﻴﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ)‪.(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/249‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻈﺮ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (16‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻼ‬
‫ﺇﺭﻫﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﲣﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻟﲔ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺭ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻗﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/258‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺃﻧﻪ‪ » :‬ﺗﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺿﻴﲔ )‪ (02‬ﻳﻜﻮﻧﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺲ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﳏﻠﻔﲔ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ )‪. «(2‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 1984/10/23‬ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ،33695‬ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ، 03‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ، 1989‬ﺹ ‪.232‬‬

‫‪34‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻮﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺎﻭﻥ‬

‫ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻛﺎﺗﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ‪ 256 :‬ﻭ ‪ 257‬ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺴﲑ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‬

‫‪‬ﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ )ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ( ﻭﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻻ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻬﻤﻪ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺘﻄﺮﻕ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ‪ :‬ﺳﲑ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﲑ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺛﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺛﺎﻟﺚ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺧﻄﻮﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﳎﺮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﻭﻳﻄﻐﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺇﱃ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺃﻫﻼ ﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﻔﻠﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻠﻒ ﺇﱃ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺇﺑﺪﺍﺀ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺗﻪ ﲞﺼﻮﺻـﻪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (8‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻈـﺮ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻣﻮﺻﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (38‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪35‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺗﺘﻢ ﲟﻜﺘﺐ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫)ﺩﻭﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻻ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ (‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﻀﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺴﺘﻤﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻳﺮﻯ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ) ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺜﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ (‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺴﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻗﺸﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﺖ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (39‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺼﺮ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳜﻀﻊ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻣﺪﻯ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﲟﺤﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﲔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﳓﲔ ﲜﻤﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺻﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﺘﻨﺎﻭﳍﺎ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻋﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﺴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﻭﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﺣﺘﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/82‬ﻑ‪ (2/1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺟﻮﻫﺮﻱ ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻐﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﺎﻫﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﱄ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‪.‬‬

‫‪36‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﻋﱪ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ ‪/82) :‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ‪ ... » :‬ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ‪.« ....‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/83‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ ... » :‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻠﻤﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻷﻗﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﻳﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ (83 - 82‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺟﻌﻞ‬
‫ﲰﺎﻉ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﳝﺮ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻣﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻸﻗﺎﺭﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﰲ ﲰﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻣﻦ )‪ (221‬ﺇﱃ )‪ (234‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/82‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ ‪ ... » :‬ﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪ ، ...‬ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻓﺘﺢ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻭﻷﻗﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﰲ )‪/83‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻟﻘﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻤﻠﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪37‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﳏﺎﻡ ﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﰊ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﳏﺎﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﲔ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﳏﺎﻣﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﻌﻬﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻘﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﲔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/67‬ﻑ‪ ( 2/1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺆﻛﺪ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (25‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 57/71‬ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 02/09‬ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺃﺟﺎﺯﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/82‬ﻑ‪ (3/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺃﺱ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺑﺎﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺟﺰﺀ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﲑﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻨﺤﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﺻﻼﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺗﻨﺎﻭﻝ‬
‫ﰲ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (82‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‬
‫ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﻪ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻳﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺴﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺳﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺭﺑﻄﻪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (82‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﲟﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﺫﻭ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻭﺍﺳﻊ ﻭﻣﺮﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﳍﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻱ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﱂ ﳛﻀﺮ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻔﺴﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﳑﺜﻼ ﲟﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻭﳏﺎﻣﻴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺃﻧﻈﺮ ﻭﻫﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﲡﺎﻫﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻟﻠﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﻦ ﻓﺮﻭﺥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.118‬‬

‫‪38‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﻔﺼﻞ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻤﲔ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/83‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺻﻞ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/ 82‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻸﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﺩ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/83‬ﻑ‪. (2/‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺰ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫ﲟﺠﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺧﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﻭﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺿﺎﺑﻄﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ) ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻤﲔ (‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﲰﺎﻉ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ‪ :‬ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/82‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻛﺪ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﲰﺎﻉ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺣﻜﻤﻪ ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﲔ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻴﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺮﻛﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻐﲔ ‪،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻪ ﲰﺎﻋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻗﻨﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﺢ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ‪ :‬ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻈﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺪﻩ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺆﻛﺪﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/83‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻤﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻨﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﲣﻀﻊ ﻟﻪ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﱪﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﺃﻭ‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﺩﺍﻧﺘﻪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (89‬ﻕ ﺡ ﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻋﻠﻨﻴﺔ « ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺧﺺ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺑﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﻋﻨــﺪ‬

‫ﻣﺜﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳓﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ‬
‫ﰲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﲟﺤﺎﻣﻲ ﻳﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺟﻮﺍﺯ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﳎﺴﺪﺓ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ 67‬ﻭ ‪/82‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﰎ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (25‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﳏﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻘﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﳏﺎﻣﻲ ﻭ ﺍﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺷﺎﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﻋﻨﻪ ‪،‬ﻳﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺭﺃﻱ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻲ ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﰲ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬

‫‪40‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺧﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ‬

‫ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﺩ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺎﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺮﻯ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻮﻡ ﻭﻭﻛﻼﺋﻬﻢ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﳐﻠﺔ ﲝﻘﻮﻕ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﻔﺎﻅ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲰﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺣﺼﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﲜﺮﳝﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﱴ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﳑﺎ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻒ ﻋﻘﺒﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﲤﺘﺪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺳﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻀﻄﺮ‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺘﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﻮﺽ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﺴﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳋﻮﺽ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺎﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﻳﺒﻌﺚ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ ﺇﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﲑ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﺸﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻃﻤﺌﻨﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﲡﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺮﺻﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺧﺼﻮﺻﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺃﺳﺮﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺃﻭﱃ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻛﺒﺎﻗﻲ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻋﲔ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪/83‬ﻑ‪ ،(8/‬ﺣﺪﺩ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﳍﺎ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ ... » :‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻷﻗﺎﺭﺑﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻀﺤﺎﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺓ ﻭﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺎﻣﲔ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﳑﺜﻠﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﺪﻭﰊ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ «‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﻧﻼﺣﻆ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﺡ ﳍﺎ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﳍﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻐﺰﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺎﺕ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻟﻜﻞ‬
‫ﻓﺌﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺟﻮﺏ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ‬

‫‪41‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﻋﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺼﺎﳊﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺎﺟﺰ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﳍﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﻠﺔ ﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻭﺭ ﳑﺜﻠﻲ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳍﻴﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﺘﻤﺔ ﺑﺸﺆﻭﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻨﺪﻭﰊ‬
‫ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺗﻘﺎﺭﻳﺮ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻘﺘﺮﺣﺎﺕ ﲟﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻊ)‪.(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻋﻤﻠﺖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻗﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺣﻈﺮ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ‬
‫ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺍﺩﺍ ﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﺳﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻭﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻡ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻤﻮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗـﺪ‬
‫ﺟﺴﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (137‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﳊﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺘﺔ )‪ (6‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺇﱃ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺘﲔ )‪ (2‬ﻭﺑﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 10.000‬ﺩﺝ ﺇﱃ ‪ 200.000‬ﺩﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺘﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪،‬ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺒﺚ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﺨﺼﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻓﻌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﺳﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺬﻛﺮ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﺎﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻭﺷﺒﻜﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺫﺍﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﻧﺘﺮﻧﺖ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺩ‪ .‬ﺣﺴﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.233‬‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺄﺛﲑﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ‪ » :‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺳﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﻈﺮ ﺇﺫ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺣﱴ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺇﻳﺼﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﳊﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭﺗﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻈﺮ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ )‪(6‬‬
‫ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ )‪ ،(2‬ﻭﺑﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪10.000‬ﺩﺝ ﺇﱃ ‪ 200.000‬ﺩﺝ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺘﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺣﻜﻤﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲟﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﳛﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﻨﺸﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺒﺚ ﻧﺼﻮﺹ ﻭ‪ /‬ﺃﻭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺑﺄﻳﺔ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺮﺗﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (1‬ﺇﱃ ﺛﻼﺙ )‪ (3‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ‪ 150.000‬ﺩﺝ ﺇﱃ‬
‫‪ 300.000‬ﺩﺝ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (140‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻌﻘﺎﺩ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺪ ﲤﺲ ﺑﺸﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﺀﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻲ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪،‬‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻫﺎ ـ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺷﺮﺣﻪ ـ ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰﺓ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻣﻀﻤﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‪:‬‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻔﻞ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟـﺔ‬
‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﺟﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﻔﺼﻠـﻪ‬
‫ﰲ ﻓﺮﻋﲔ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻣﺮ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺣﺪﺩ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (40‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻟﻮﺍﻟﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﳝﺎﺭﺱ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳊﻀﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻄﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲝﻜﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺎﺭﺑﻪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﲟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻮﻓﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ ﻭﺭﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺗﻘﺪﳝﻬﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻟﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ‬
‫ﺗﻄﻮﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺮﺭ‬
‫ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (41‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﲟﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ (40‬ﻭ )‪(41‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺳﻨﺘﲔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ‪،‬ﻭ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ ‪،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪ (21‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻌﲏ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻠﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/42‬ﻑ‪ (2/1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺖ ﰲ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﰲ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻘﺪﳝﻪ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/45‬ﻑ‪ (2/1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ‬
‫ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺘﲔ‪:‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺑﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺗـﻪ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻮﺛﻮﻕ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺃﻓﻀـــﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﳝﻴﺔ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﻥ ﲟﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻄﻒ ﻭﺍﳊﻨﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺟﻴﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳌﻼﺫ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﻟﻠﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻓﺸﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺇﳊﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﰲ‬
‫ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﳌﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻘﺮﺭﻩ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺗﺒﻌﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻧﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻛﻔﻴﻠﺔ‬
‫ﲟﻨﺤﻪ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪45‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ) ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻧﺔ ( ﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﳍﻢ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻣﺎ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﳐﻔﻔﺔ‬
‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ 10‬ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨـﺔ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻻ ﳏﻼ ﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/49‬ﻑ‪(2/‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳜﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 13‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﳐﻔﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺼـ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/49‬ﻑ‪ (4/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﻳﻨﻔﺮﺩ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺗﻌﲔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻭﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺇﻥ ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﳝﻴﺰ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻌﻞ‬
‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻴﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪/85‬ﻑ‪ (3/2/1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ ... » :‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ‬
‫ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻵﰐ ﺑﻴﺎ‪‬ﺎ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﳌﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤﺪﺓ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪46‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ - ‬ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻹﻳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ - ‬ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﳓﲔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﲢﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻒ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺑﻼ‬
‫ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ ﺇﻻ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 85‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﳍﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﲪﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺗﺴﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﳌﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺸﺮﻉ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺭﺍﻋﻰ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻪ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻭﺳﻄﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻭﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺷﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺩ ﺍﻹﻋﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻣﺔ‬
‫ﻟﺮﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻠﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻣﻌﺘﻤـﺪﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻹﻳﻮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺺ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﳓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳛﻜﻢ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﲔ ﺇﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻀﻊ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺿﺎﻓـﺔ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪/85‬ﻑ‪ (3/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺘﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺳــﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪47‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﻀﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﲢﺖ ﲢﺖ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ‬

‫ﺍﳊﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻼ ﻟﻺﻟﻐﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (96‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪ ،‬ﲝﻜﻢ ﻣﻬﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻭﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (85‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﻠﻴﻢ ﺇﱃ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﻘﺔ ﺑﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (85‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻟﻠﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/96‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻌﻠﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲝﺪﺙ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺃﺳﺮﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳛﻖ ﳌﻤﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﻃﻠﺐ ﺇﺭﺟﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻀﻲ ﺳﺘﺔ )‪ (06‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺃﻫﻠﻴﺘﻪ ﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺟﺪﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺑﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﻖ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﲟﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻪ ﺑﺈﺭﺟﺎﻋﻪ‬
‫ﺇﱃ ﺭﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ )ﺃﻭ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﲡﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ )‪ (03‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﺾ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (97‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻏﺎﻟﺒﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﻄﺔ ﲟﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﻋﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻄﺮﺃ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻪ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩﻫﻢ ﻟﻠﺘﻜﻔﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻟﻠﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ‪.‬‬

‫‪48‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (98‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳐﺘﺼﺎ ﺇﻗﻠﻴﻤﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺼﻞ‬
‫ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﻃﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺗﻐﻴﲑ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬﺓ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺗﻔﻮﻳﺾ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺇﱃ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﻃﻦ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻊ ﺑﺪﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺒﺴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻳﻘﻊ ﰲ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺒﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﲣﺎﺫ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/98‬ﻑ‪ (5/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺓ‬
‫ﳏﺪﺩﺓ ﺃﻗﺼﺎﻫﺎ ﺑﻠﻮﻍ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺷﺪ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻲ )ﺃﻱ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ( ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﳝﻨﻊ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/58‬ﻑ‪ (2/1/‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻋﻘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻟﻮ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻈﺮ ﻳﺸﻤﻞ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ 10‬ﻭ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺤﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﲣﺎﺫ ﺃﻱ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﲟﺮﻛﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻭ ﲜﻨﺎﺡ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫‪49‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﺭ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﳐﻔﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ 50‬ﻭ ‪ (51‬ﻣﻦ ﺣﺒﺲ ﻭﻏﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻣﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ )‪ 05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ 01‬ﺇﱃ ‪05‬‬
‫ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ (06‬ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 01/09‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 25‬ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ 2009‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬
‫ﻋﺪﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺒﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺼﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (50‬ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﳜﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 13‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﳊﻜﻢ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻲ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻵﰐ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺑﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ‬
‫ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺒﺲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﳊﺒﺲ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻐﺎ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻔﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻫﻲ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﺤﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﺒﺲ ﺑﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ ﺣﱴ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺟﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺗﺴﺎﻭﻱ ﻧﺼﻒ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﺃﻱ‬
‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﳐﻔﻔﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪50‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫)‪(51‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ‪ 13‬ﺇﱃ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (87‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫» ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (51‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻋﻤﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺸﺮ‬
‫)‪ (10‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ )‪ (13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ)‪(1‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻮﻗﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﳍﺎ ﻭﺻﻒ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺄﻧﻴﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﺬﻳﺮﻩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ «)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻛﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ‬
‫ﺃﺻﻠﻴﺔ)‪ ،(3‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﳏﻞ ﺗﺴﺎﺅﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ)‪ ،(4‬ﻭﰲ ﳏﺎﻭﻟﺔ ﻟﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺗﺪﺑﲑ ﺃﺧﺬﺕ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺠﻴﻜﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﰲ ‪ 15‬ﻣﺎﻱ ‪، 1912‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﻭﻥ ‪ 16‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﳕﺮﻛﻲ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺒﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻮﻳﺴﺮﻱ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻱ ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪.1937‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ‪ :‬ﺣﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺗﻠﻤﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ‪ ، 2010/2009‬ﺹ ‪. 161‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺣﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪.161‬‬
‫)‪ (3‬ـ ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ، 1983‬ﺹ ‪.315‬‬
‫)‪ (4‬ـ ﻓﺮﻭﺥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ‪ ،‬ﺹ ‪. 130 -129‬‬

‫‪51‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻩ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﳝﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪﻋﻢ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﳜﺘﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻤﺔ ﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻌﻄﻴﻪ ﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺷﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﰊ ﺇﱃ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ)‪.(2‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (05‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ‬
‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (85‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬
‫ﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻻﺛﻨﲔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺮﺭ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﻓﻘﻂ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ ‪ 10‬ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺃﻭ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺳﻨﻪ ‪ 13‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺘﺨﺬ ﲝﻘﻪ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺃﺷﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺎﻭﻯ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ‬
‫)ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ( ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (51‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/87‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻭﺗﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﲦﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺍﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﰲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺃﳘﻬﺎ ﺃﻻ‬
‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﻣﺘﺴﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻗﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﺛﺎﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻴﺔ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻣﻨﺬﺭ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ، 1982‬ﺹ ‪.83‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻥ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ، 2002‬ﺹ ‪.208 - 207‬‬

‫‪52‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﳌﺮﺟﻮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﱘ)‪ ،(1‬ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﻳﻜﺘﻔﻲ ﺑﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻮﺿﺢ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺼﺤﻪ ﺑﺄﻥ‬
‫ﻳﺴﻠﻚ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ ﺳﻮﻳﺎ ﻭﻳﻨﺬﺭﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﻭﺩﺓ ﺫﻟﻚ)‪.(2‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫ﲤﺎﺷﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺜﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻧﺴﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 01/09‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 25‬ﻓﻴﻔﺮﻱ ‪ ، 2009‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺘﻤﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺃﻭﻝ ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﳛﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ‪ 05 :‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ 05،01‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ 02،05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪،03‬‬
‫‪ 05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ ، 04‬ﻭ ‪ 05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ ، 05‬ﻭ ‪ 05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪.06‬‬
‫ﻓﻨﺼﺖ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ 01‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺴﺘﺒﺪﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺲ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻮﻕ ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﺟﺮ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫‪ 05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ 01‬ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ‪ 16‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺿﺎﻓﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻮﻕ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻘﻞ‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ )‪ (20‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﲦﺎﺋﺔ )‪ (300‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻥ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﺑـ ‪ 16‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻦ ﻛﺴﻦ ﺃﺩﱏ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﻡ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺑﺴﻂ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻮﺿﺤﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (15‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻗﻮﺍﲰﻴﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬
‫‪ 1992‬ﺹ ‪.174‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ‪ :‬ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺳﻨﺔ ‪ ، 1975‬ﺹ ‪.326‬‬

‫‪53‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻌﻼﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‬
‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﺩﱏ ﻟﻠﺘﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﻋﻦ )‪ (16‬ﺳﺘﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺧﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﻋﻘﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻬﲔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﻤﻮﻝ ‪‬ﻤـﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺗﻮﻇﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺻﺮ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﺘﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﻥ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ‪ 05‬ﻣﻜﺮﺭ ‪ 01‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺴﺒﻮﻕ ﻗﻀﺎﺋﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ‪ 16‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎﺏ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ )‪ (03‬ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺣﺒﺲ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻮﻕ ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺳﻨﺔ )‪ (01‬ﺣﺒﺴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﺓ ﺧﺼﻴﺼﺎ ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﳓﲔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬

‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﺘﻜﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻋﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻬﻢ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻹﻳﺪﺍﻉ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻗﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻏﺮﻑ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺴﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﱃ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ‪ :‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ ، 12/15‬ﻭ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻛﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 04/05‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ‬
‫‪ 2005/02/06‬ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺒﻮﺳﲔ‬
‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻋﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪54‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺣﺪﺩﺕ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (116‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬

‫ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ) ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ( ﻓﻨﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻀﺎﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﺑﺈﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺗﺴﻴﲑ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻵﺗﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﰲ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﳉﺎﳓﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻟﻮﻗﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﺎﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﻮﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬‬
‫ﲣﺼﺺ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺃﺟﻨﺤﺔ ﻟﻸﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﻮﻗﲔ ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻭﻛﻴﻔﻴﺎﺕ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﲑﻫﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ) ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ (‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﺪﺃ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﱄ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺠﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (08‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺒﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (117‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ)‪ (1‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ ﻣﺼﺎﱀ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻞ ﳍﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﲟﻬﺎﻡ ﻣﻌﻴﻨﺔ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ‪ :‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﲟﻬﻤﺔ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﻟﺴﻠﻮﻛﻪ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻓﺤﻮﺻﺎﺕ ﻭﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻞ‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰎ ﺇﻧﺸﺎﺀﻫﺎ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ‪ 64/75‬ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺇﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳌﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﲝﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻮﻟﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻫﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻠﻐﻰ ﺑﺼﺪﻭﺭ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ ، 12/15‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪. 2015‬‬

‫‪55‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ )‪ (03‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺘﺔ )‪ (06‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺈﺭﺳﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺺ ﻣﺸﻔﻮﻋﺎ‬
‫ﲟﻼﺣﻈﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺑﺎﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺍﳌﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﲣﺎﺫﻩ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻭﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺰﻭﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﻣﺪﺭﺳﻲ ﻭﻣﻬﲏ ﻳﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺳﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻴﺎ ﻭﺩﻳﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﻭﻃﻨﻴﺎ ﻭﺭﻳﺎﺿﻴﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺴﻄﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺪﻱ ‪ :‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﻣﻜﻠﻔﺔ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ‬ ‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺳﻂ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺮﻭﻉ ﰲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺬ ﺑﺸﺄ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧﻼﳍﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺇﳊﺎﻗﻬﻢ ﺑﻮﺭﺷﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﲟﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﳌﻬﲏ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺭﺃﻱ ﳉﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻱ)‪.(1‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭﺕ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﻨﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﳓـﲔ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺗﲔ )‪ 28‬ﻭ ‪ (116‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺒﻮﺳﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ‪ 04/05 :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ‪ 2005/02/02 :‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﲑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ)‪.(2‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ )‪ (03‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ‪ 64/75‬ﺍﳌﻠﻐﻲ ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (28‬ﺗﺼﻨﻒ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﳌﻐﻠﻘﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻭﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ‪:‬‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﻓﻬﻲ ‪ - 1 :‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﻭﻗﺎﻳﺔ‪ - 2 ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ - 3 ،‬ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻫﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ‪ - 1 :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﺀ‪ - 2 ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻣﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪..‬‬

‫‪56‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻓﺎﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/28‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ ... » :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﳐﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫ﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﻘﻞ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻋﻦ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺳﲔ ﻣﺆﻗﺘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺳﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﻳﺔ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﺎ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﺺ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺳﲔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺟﻨﺴﻬﻢ ﻭﺳﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﻀﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻭﻣﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻴﺔ ﺗﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻮﺯﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ‪ ،‬ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻤﺜﻞ ﰲ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺇﺩﻣﺎﺟﻬﻢ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺈﻋﻄﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺣﺴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻮﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﰲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻬﻨﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻧﺸﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ)‪.(1‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺸﺘﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﺜﻠﺔ ﰲ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲣﻀﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻟﺮﻗﺎﺑﺔ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (33‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪.(2)04/05‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫)‪ (1‬ـ ﻭﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (91‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 04/05‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺱ ﻭﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻮﻳﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻞ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺃﻧﺸﻄﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺿﻴﺔ « ‪.‬‬
‫)‪ (2‬ـ ﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (33‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ‪ 04/05‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﲢﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺯﻳﺎﺭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﲣﻀﻊ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﺼﺼﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﱃ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﺓ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻪ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﻭﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻻ‪‬ﺎﻡ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺛﻼﺙ )‪ (03‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪ -‬ﺭﺋﻴﺲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺎﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺓ ﻛﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ )‪ (03‬ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪. « ...‬‬

‫‪57‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺸﻮﺏ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻩ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴــــﺔ‬

‫) ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ( ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻌﲔ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﺑﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺣﱴ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺤﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻘﺼﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺃﻡ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺑﺎﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ 12/15‬ﻓﺈﻧﻨﺎ ﳒﺪ ﺃﻥ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻧﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧﺺ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ‬
‫ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻧﺪﺭﺳﻪ ﰲ ﻓﺮﻋﲔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻧﺺ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/90‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ » :‬ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ‪. «...‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺴﲎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻓﺎﻉ‬

‫ﻋﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺲ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ‪.‬‬

‫‪58‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ )‪ 407‬ﺇﱃ ‪ (415‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪/90‬ﻑ‪ (3/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﳚﻮﺯ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻪ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺗﻜﻠﻴﻔﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‬
‫ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻠﻒ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎ ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻒ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎ‬
‫ﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻋﺬﺍﺭ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻣﻨﻌﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻏﻴﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﰊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺿﺪﻩ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ )‪ (10‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﺒﻠﻴﻐﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻓﺾ ﺷﻜﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺪﺩ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﳌﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (411‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺣﺎﻟﺘﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/90‬ﻑ‪ (3/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﳏﺎﻣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/90‬ﻑ‪ (4/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﰊ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﻛﺄﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻗﻀﻰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﻏﻴﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻭﺍﳌﺜﺒﺖ ﰲ ﳏﻀﺮ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻜﻠﻴﻒ ﺑﺎﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﳌﻦ ﻳﻌﻨﻴﻪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻛﺄﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/413‬ﻑ‪ (3/‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻏﻴﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﺃﺣﻜـﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺟﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺃﻣﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀ‬
‫‪59‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻏﲑ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻌﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/43‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔــﻞ ‪:‬‬
‫»‪ ...‬ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ‪ ، «...‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬
‫ﻳﺮﺟﻊ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺗﺮﺑﻮﻱ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﳝﻲ ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺇﱃ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺭﺩﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻻ‬
‫ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﻌﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻳﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻃﺮﺡ‬

‫ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻄﻌﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﶈﺎﻛﻤﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺣﻜﻢ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺟﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ 12/15‬ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻧﻪ ) ﻭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/90‬ﻑ‪(1/‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻛﺮ (‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﳑﺜﻠﻪ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﳏﺎﻣﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻨﺺ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (94‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‪:‬‬
‫» ﺗﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺢ ﻭﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﻜﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ )‪ 417‬ﺇﱃ ‪ (428‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ «‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺈﺫﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﲢﻴﻠﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ) ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ (‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﰲ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ‬
‫)‪ (10‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﻻ ﺗﺴﺮﻱ‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺃﻭ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﻃﻦ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻠﻤﻘﺮ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﻌﱯ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﻱ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪60‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻟﻠﻨﻴﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﺭ ﻏﻴﺎﺑﻴﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺏ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻀﻮﺭﻳﺎ ﰲ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ )‪ 345‬ﻭ ‪ /347‬ﻑ‪ (3/1/‬ﻭﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪.(350‬‬
‫ﻭﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﺨﺼﻮﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﲬﺴﺔ )‪ (05‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ‬
‫)‪ (418‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺇ ﺝ‪.‬ﺝ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻷﺻﻞ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﺣﱴ‬
‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻫﺎ ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (85‬ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻟﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻞ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/84‬ﻑ‪ (3/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ‪ ... » :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺑﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻣﺸﻤﻮﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻔﺎﺫ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﻞ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ « ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺻﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺮﺝ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻓﻬﺎ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/416‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳚﻮﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻀﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳊﺒﺲ ﳌﺪﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﲬﺴﺔ )‪ (05‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ‪ 100‬ﺩﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺷﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻖ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﺒﺲ‪،‬ﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭﺓ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻫﻲ ﺇﻣﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺳﻨﻪ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻣﺎ ﺑﲔ )‪(10‬‬
‫ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪ (13‬ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﺀﺍ ﺇﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﻴﺦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬
‫ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺳﻨﻪ ﺑﲔ )‪ (13‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ )‪ (18‬ﺳﻨﺔ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺩ )‪ 49‬ﻭ ‪(50‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳔﻠﺺ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ )‪ (100‬ﺩﺝ ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪61‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (94‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﻌﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬

‫ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺻﺤﺔ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻭﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻑ ﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺺ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ 12/15‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/95‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺼﺖ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ‪ » :‬ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﺪﺍﺙ ‪. « ...‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻨﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﺎ ﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (50‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/95‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ ﻣﺪﺓ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (08‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻟﻠﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/498‬ﻑ‪ (1/‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ‪ ،‬ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (85‬ﻣﻦ ﻕ‪.‬ﺡ‪.‬ﻁ‪.‬‬

‫‪62‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﺴﺮﻱ ﺍﳌﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﻀﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻀﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨﻮﺏ ﻋﻨﻬﻢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺃﻱ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻨﻄﻖ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭﻱ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻸﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺎﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﺘﺴﺮﻱ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ )‪ (08‬ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻘﺒﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ )‪/498‬ﻑ‪ ، (2/‬ﻭﻟﻠﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ ﺃﺛﺮ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻒ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﻃﺒﻘﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (499‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬﻫﺎ ﺇﱃ ﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ‬
‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻃﹸﻌﻦ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ ﰲ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺮ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪/95‬ﻑ‪ (2/‬ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻷﻱ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻃﺮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻃﻌﻦ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﳜﺺ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭﺍﺕ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﻟﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺎﺯﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﻀﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺧﻄﺄ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻭﻗﺎﺋﻊ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ )ﺧﻄﺄ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﻲ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻏﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﳝﺲ ﲝﺠﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺘﱪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻉ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻋﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻣﻦ‬
‫ﺃﺟﻞ ﲢﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﻤﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺨﺺ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻎ‬
‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺿﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﳊﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﻀﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﺈﺩﺍﻧﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻨﺤـﺔ‪،‬‬
‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ‬

‫‪63‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ ) ﺍﻟﱵ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺘﻬــﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﺪﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺇﻟﻐﺎﺀﻫﺎ (‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻠﺐ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺷﺮﻭﻁ ﻧﺼﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪ (531‬ﻣﻦ‬
‫ﻕ‪.‬ﺇﺝ‪.‬ﺝ ﻫﻲ ‪:‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﻀﻲ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺑﺎﻹﺩﺍﻧﺔ‬
‫ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺟﻨﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻬﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪ - ‬ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﺳﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﺓ )‪(531‬‬
‫ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺇﻣﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻭﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﻜﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺋﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﱐ ‪...‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ‬
‫ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﺖ‬
‫ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻠﺐ ﻗﻀﺖ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺇﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﺩﺍﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒ‪‬ﺚ ﻋﺪﻡ‬
‫ﺻﺤﺘﻬﺎ‪.‬‬

‫‪64‬‬
 
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬

‫ـ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 14/04‬ﻣﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 27‬ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ‪ 1425‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 10‬ﻧﻮﻓﻤﱪ ‪، 2004‬‬ ‫‪01‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﺘﻤﻢ ﻟﻸﻣﺮ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ، 155/66‬ﺍﳌﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪18‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺮ ‪ 1386‬ﻫـ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 08‬ﻳﻮﻧﻴﻮ ‪ 1966‬ﻡ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ‬
‫‪ ،71‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 27‬ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ‪ 1425‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 10‬ﻧﻮﻓﻤﱪ ‪ 2004‬ﻡ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 04/05‬ﻣﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 27‬ﺫﻱ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ‪ 1425‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 06‬ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ ‪ 2005‬ﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫‪02‬‬
‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﻥ ﻭﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻹﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﺒﻮﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ ،12‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪ 04‬ﳏﺮﻡ ‪ 1426‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 13‬ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ‬
‫‪. 2005‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ 12/15‬ﻣﺆﺭﺥ ﰲ ‪ 28‬ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ‪ 1436‬ﻫـ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 15‬ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ ‪ 2015‬ﻡ ‪،‬‬ ‫‪03‬‬
‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﲝﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﲰﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﻬﻮﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻋﺪﺩ ‪ ، 39‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪03‬‬
‫ﺷﻮﺍﻝ ‪ 1436‬ﻫـ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻖ ‪ 19‬ﻳﻮﻟﻴﻮ ‪ 2015‬ﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﺑﻮﺳﻘﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﻫﻮﻣﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺒﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2005‬‬ ‫‪04‬‬

‫ـ ﺟﻼﱄ ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩﻱ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﻄﺒﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﲏ ﻟﻸﺷﻐﺎﻝ‬ ‫‪05‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪.1999‬‬
‫ـ ﺯﻳﺪﻭﻣﺔ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﺱ ‪ :‬ﲪﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺠﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ‬ ‫‪06‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻌﺔ ‪.2007‬‬
‫ـ ﺯﻳﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﺮﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﻗﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ‬ ‫‪07‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺜﻘﺎﻓﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺯﻳﻊ ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2003‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺎﺝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ‬ ‫‪08‬‬
‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻛﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺑﻮﺑﻜﺮ ﺑﻠﻘﺎﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﻠﻤﺴﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ‪.2010/2009‬‬
‫ـ ﺣﺴﻦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺭﺑﻴﻊ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﻮﺍﻧﺐ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻻﳓﺮﺍﻑ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﻢ ﻟﻼﳓﺮﺍﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫‪09‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﻣﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﻀﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪.‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﺎﻧﻊ ﻋﻠﻲ ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫‪10‬‬
‫ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻥ‪ ،‬ﺩﻳﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.2002‬‬

‫‪65‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫ـ ﻣﺄﻣﻮﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ ‪ :‬ﺃﺻﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬ ‫‪11‬‬
‫‪.1983‬‬
‫ـ ﻣﻨﺬﺭ ﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻒ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫‪12‬‬
‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻈﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺪﻓﺎﻉ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ ﺿﺪ ﺍﳉﺮﳝﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺩﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻐﺪﺍﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.1982‬‬
‫ـ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ‪ :‬ﺣﺼﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﻔﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺩﻛﺘﻮﺭﺍﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪.1975‬‬
‫ـ ﻓﺮﻭﺥ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻔﻴﻆ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺳﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﲡﺎﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﺬﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺎﺟﺴﺘﲑ‬ ‫‪14‬‬
‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻣﻌﺔ ﻗﺴﻨﻄﻴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﳉﺎﻣﻌﻴﺔ ‪.2011/2010‬‬
‫ـ ﻗﻮﺍﲰﻴﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ‪ :‬ﺟﻨﻮﺡ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺋﺮﻱ ‪،‬ﺍﳌﺆﺳﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻃﻨﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪15‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﺳﻨﺔ ‪. 1992‬‬
‫ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺤﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ ،03‬ﻟﺴﻨﺔ ‪. 1989‬‬ ‫‪16‬‬

‫‪66‬‬


  
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪01‬‬ ‫‪.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪03‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪04‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﺎﺗﻪ‬
‫‪......................................................................‬‬

‫‪04‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﲔ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.........................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪05‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪...................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪05‬‬ ‫‪................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪05‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﶈﻠﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫‪.............................................................‬‬

‫‪06‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻘﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪....................................................‬‬

‫‪07‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻹﺟﺮﺍﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪......................................................................................‬‬

‫‪07‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﳌﻠﻒ‬

‫‪.................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪08‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﻁ ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﻳﻀﺔ‬

‫‪...........................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪08‬‬ ‫‪.....................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻤﻞ ‪ 18‬ﺳﻨﺔ‬

‫‪09‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫‪......................................................................................‬‬

‫‪10‬‬ ‫ـ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳋﻄﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫‪.............................................................................‬‬

‫‪11‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﶈﺪﺩﺓ‬

‫‪..........................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫‪67‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻧﻮﻥ‬

‫‪...........................................‬‬ ‫‪12/15‬‬
‫‪12‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺽ ﳋﻄﺮ‬
‫‪........................................................................‬‬

‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬

‫‪............‬‬

‫‪13‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬

‫‪..........................‬‬

‫‪14‬‬ ‫ـ ﺩﺭﺍﺳﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫‪........................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺃ ـ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫‪......................................................................................... .........‬‬

‫‪14‬‬ ‫ﺏ ـ ﺍﻟﻔﺤﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‬

‫‪............................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫ﺝ ـ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻮﻙ‬

‫‪............................................................................................. .......................‬‬

‫‪15‬‬ ‫ـ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ‬

‫‪....................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪17‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺜﺔ ‪ :‬ﺳﻠﻄﺎﺕ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﻋﻨﺪ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬

‫‪...............‬‬

‫‪18‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‬

‫‪................................................................‬‬

‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.........................‬‬

‫‪19‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﺆﻗﺘﺔ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻮﻱ‬

‫‪..................................................................‬‬

‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺘـﻲ ﻳﺼﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻗﺎﺿﻲ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ‬
‫‪.......................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪20‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﻭﺟﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬

‫‪...............................................................................................‬‬

‫‪21‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬

‫‪...........................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪22‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‬

‫‪...........................................................‬‬

‫‪22‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬

‫‪...............................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪24‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‬

‫‪............................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪24‬‬ ‫ـ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫‪................................................................‬‬

‫‪25‬‬ ‫ـ ﺣﻀﻮﺭ ﳏﺎﻣﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫‪.............................................................‬‬

‫‪68‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪26‬‬ ‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪ ‬‬
‫‪‬‬
‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﳏﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫‪..................................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.........................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪27‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.....................................................‬‬

‫‪28‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﱐ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪....................................................................‬‬

‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.............................................................‬‬

‫‪29‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪...............................‬‬

‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﺼﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺟﻨﺢ ﻭﳐﺎﻟﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻋﻲ ﻟﻘﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﺼــﻞ ﰲ‬
‫‪30‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪................................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪31‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.....................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪32‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻱ‬

‫‪...........................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﻲ‬

‫‪..........................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ‪ :‬ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪................................................................................................................... ........................‬‬

‫‪33‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ‪ :‬ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺑﺎ‪‬ﻠﺲ‬

‫‪.............................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪34‬‬ ‫ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ‪ :‬ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﻨﺎﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪.......................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺳﲑ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.....................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪35‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺳﲑ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‬

‫‪......................................................................................‬‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪69‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪36‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺳﲑ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‬

‫‪................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪36‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‬

‫‪..................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪36‬‬ ‫ـ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫‪..............................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪37‬‬ ‫ـ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ‬

‫‪..................................................................................‬‬

‫‪37‬‬ ‫ـ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ‬

‫‪............................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪38‬‬ ‫ـ ﻣﺮﺍﻓﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﺎﻉ‬

‫‪................................................................................................................. ..........................‬‬

‫‪38‬‬ ‫ـ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﻧﺴﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‬

‫‪....................................‬‬

‫‪39‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‬

‫‪......................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻛﻤﺔ‬

‫‪..................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻭﺟﻮﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﲟﺪﺍﻓﻊ‬

‫‪................................................‬‬

‫‪40‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺳﺮﻳﺔ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫‪...........................................................‬‬

‫‪42‬‬ ‫‪...........................‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﻧﺸﺮ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺪﻭﺭ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﳏﺎﻛﻤﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫‪43‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ‬

‫‪...........................................................‬‬

‫‪44‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ‬

‫‪...................................................................................................................................... .................................‬‬

‫‪44‬‬ ‫‪............‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳊﺪﺙ ﰲ ﺧﻄﺮ‬
‫‪46‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﺍﳉﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺭ ﻟﻠﺤﺪﺙ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺢ‬
‫‪............................................................................................‬‬

‫‪46‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺗﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﺬﻳﺐ‬

‫‪.............................................‬‬

‫‪50‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﻣﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪......................................‬‬

‫‪50‬‬ ‫ـ ﺍﳊﺒﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻐﺮﺍﻣﺔ‬

‫‪......................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪53‬‬ ‫ـ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻟﻠﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ‬

‫‪......................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪.‬‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪‬‬

‫‪ ‬‬ ‫‪‬‬

‫‪54‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﻭ ﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪...................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪55‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﺼﺼﻴﺔ ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪............................................................................‬‬

‫‪56‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺍﻛﺰ ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭ ﺇﺩﻣﺎﺝ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬

‫‪.............................................................‬‬

‫‪58‬‬ ‫‪.....................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ‬
‫‪58‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬
‫‪............................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪58‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ‬

‫‪..........................................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺌﻨﺎﻑ‬

‫‪........................................................................................................... .............................‬‬

‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ‪ :‬ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ‬

‫‪...............................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪60‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻘﺾ‬

‫‪........................................................................................................................‬‬

‫‪63‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ‪ :‬ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ‬

‫‪........................................................................................................ .............................‬‬

‫‪65‬‬ ‫‪.................................................................................... ..............................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬

‫‪67‬‬ ‫‪....................................................................................................................................................................................................................................‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺱ ﺍﶈﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬

‫‪.‬‬

‫‪71‬‬